From 5b17f5f3f4b5bf843f2500e32cf262307d06eb72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Chris Davis Date: Fri, 19 Dec 2025 13:38:45 -0800 Subject: [PATCH] Applies to: property EOP rebrand 2 --- .../Get-QuarantineMessage.md | 48 +-- .../Get-QuarantineMessageHeader.md | 8 +- .../Get-QuarantinePolicy.md | 6 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-RMSTemplate.md | 10 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-Recipient.md | 36 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-RemoteDomain.md | 2 +- .../Get-ReportExecutionInstance.md | 6 +- .../Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md | 4 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroup.md | 12 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroupMember.md | 6 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-SCInsights.md | 4 +- .../Get-SecurityPrincipal.md | 14 +- .../Get-ServiceDeliveryReport.md | 6 +- .../Get-ServicePrincipal.md | 6 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-SmimeConfig.md | 4 +- .../Get-SpoofIntelligenceInsight.md | 4 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofMailReport.md | 18 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-SweepRule.md | 4 +- .../Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md | 18 +- .../Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md | 8 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRule.md | 12 +- .../Get-TransportRuleAction.md | 4 +- .../Get-TransportRulePredicate.md | 4 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroup.md | 26 +- .../Get-UnifiedGroupLinks.md | 8 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Get-User.md | 22 +- .../Import-TransportRuleCollection.md | 12 +- .../New-AdminAuditLogSearch.md | 24 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishPolicy.md | 34 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishRule.md | 28 +- .../exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-App.md | 22 +- .../New-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md | 14 +- .../New-AuthenticationPolicy.md | 32 +- .../New-DistributionGroup.md | 50 +-- .../New-DkimSigningConfig.md | 18 +- .../New-DynamicDistributionGroup.md | 66 ++-- .../New-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md | 32 +- .../New-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md | 118 +++--- .../New-HostedContentFilterRule.md | 28 +- .../New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md | 26 +- .../New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md | 28 +- .../New-InboundConnector.md | 50 +-- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-MailContact.md | 36 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-MailUser.md | 52 +-- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-MailboxSearch.md | 10 +- .../New-MalwareFilterPolicy.md | 44 +-- .../New-MalwareFilterRule.md | 28 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRole.md | 16 +- .../New-ManagementRoleAssignment.md | 36 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementScope.md | 16 +- .../New-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md | 10 +- .../New-OnPremisesOrganization.md | 22 +- .../New-OrganizationRelationship.md | 48 +-- .../New-OutboundConnector.md | 40 +- .../New-QuarantinePermissions.md | 18 +- .../New-QuarantinePolicy.md | 48 +-- .../New-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md | 14 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleGroup.md | 24 +- .../New-ServicePrincipal.md | 14 +- .../New-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md | 26 +- .../New-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md | 16 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-TransportRule.md | 344 +++++++++--------- .../ExchangePowerShell/New-UnifiedGroup.md | 60 +-- .../Preview-QuarantineMessage.md | 8 +- .../Release-QuarantineMessage.md | 24 +- .../Remove-AntiPhishPolicy.md | 10 +- .../Remove-AntiPhishRule.md | 8 +- .../Remove-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md | 8 +- .../Remove-AuthenticationPolicy.md | 12 +- .../Remove-BlockedConnector.md | 6 +- .../Remove-BlockedSenderAddress.md | 6 +- .../Remove-DistributionGroup.md | 10 +- .../Remove-DistributionGroupMember.md | 12 +- .../Remove-DkimSigningConfig.md | 10 +- .../Remove-DynamicDistributionGroup.md | 8 +- .../Remove-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md | 8 +- .../Remove-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md | 8 +- .../Remove-HostedContentFilterRule.md | 8 +- .../Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md | 6 +- .../Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md | 8 +- .../Remove-InboundConnector.md | 8 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailContact.md | 8 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailUser.md | 8 +- .../Remove-MalwareFilterPolicy.md | 8 +- .../Remove-MalwareFilterRule.md | 8 +- .../Remove-ManagementRole.md | 12 +- .../Remove-ManagementRoleAssignment.md | 10 +- .../Remove-ManagementRoleEntry.md | 10 +- .../Remove-ManagementScope.md | 10 +- .../Remove-OrganizationRelationship.md | 8 +- .../Remove-OutboundConnector.md | 8 +- .../Remove-QuarantinePolicy.md | 6 +- .../ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroup.md | 12 +- .../Remove-RoleGroupMember.md | 12 +- .../Remove-ServicePrincipal.md | 8 +- .../Remove-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md | 12 +- .../Remove-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md | 10 +- 97 files changed, 1061 insertions(+), 1061 deletions(-) diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessage.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessage.md index 62bdc0d500..68abedd373 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessage.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessage.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the files protected by Safe Attach ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to view. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming or outgoing messages. Valid values are: @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndExpiresDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndExpiresDate parameter specifies the latest messages that are automatically deleted from the quarantine. Use this parameter with the StartExpiresDate parameter. @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndReceivedDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndReceivedDate parameter specifies the latest messages to return in the results. Use this parameter with the StartReceivedDate parameter. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress switch specifies whether to include quarantined messages from blocked senders in the results. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, `""`). @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MyItems -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MyItems switch filters the results by messages where you (the user that's running the command) are the recipient. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 100. @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PolicyName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PolicyName parameter filters the results by the threat policy that quarantined the message (for example, an anti-malware policy or an anti-spam policy). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PolicyTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PolicyTypes parameter filters the results by the type of threat policy that quarantined the message. Valid values are: @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The QuarantineTypes parameter filters the results by what caused the message to be quarantined. Valid values are: @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTag parameter filters the results by the recipient's user tag value (for example, `Priority Account`). For more information about user tags, see [User tags in Defender for Office 365](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/user-tags-about). @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReleaseStatus -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReleaseStatus parameter filters the results by the release status of the message. Valid values are: @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Reported -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Reported parameter filters the results by messages that have already been reported as false positives. Valid values are: @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the sender's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartExpiresDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartExpiresDate parameter specifies the earliest messages that are automatically deleted from the quarantine. Use this parameter with the EndExpiresDate parameter. @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartReceivedDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartReceivedDate parameter specifies the earliest messages to return in the results. Use this parameter with the EndReceivedDate parameter. @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Subject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Subject parameter filters the results by the subject field of the message. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Type parameter filters the results by what caused the message to be quarantined. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessageHeader.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessageHeader.md index 4d25207ed0..64ac72d6d6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessageHeader.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessageHeader.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example displays the message header of the first message that's returned by ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to view the header for. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantinePolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantinePolicy.md index bf50bb66f2..e99c4c679b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantinePolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantinePolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the default quarantine policy na ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantine policy you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantinePolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The QuarantinePolicyType parameter filters the results by the specified quarantine policy type. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RMSTemplate.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RMSTemplate.md index b0e31c156f..dc973b5a25 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RMSTemplate.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RMSTemplate.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailControl-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example retrieves the Company Confidential RMS template. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the RMS template. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TrustedPublishingDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Recipient.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Recipient.md index f2229eeb7a..045d78b5e3 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Recipient.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Recipient.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ This example retrieves information about all the mail contacts in your organizat ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the recipient object that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthenticationType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BookmarkDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Capabilities -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeBookmarkObject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeManagerWithDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeSoftDeletedRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeSoftDeletedRecipients switch specifies whether to include soft deleted recipients in the results. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Properties -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PropertySet -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientPreviewFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientPreviewFilter parameter tests a recipient filter that you would use in a dynamic distribution group, address list, or email address policy. This parameter uses the LDAP filter syntax. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientType parameter filters the results by the specified recipient type. Valid values are: @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTypeDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTypeDetails parameter filters the results by the specified recipient subtype. Valid values are: @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RemoteDomain.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RemoteDomain.md index 47002f67e7..ea019cf869 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RemoteDomain.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RemoteDomain.md @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ReportExecutionInstance.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ReportExecutionInstance.md index b482a70fe1..c9cbaf9330 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ReportExecutionInstance.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ReportExecutionInstance.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the specified report execution ins ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the report execution instance that you want to view. The identity of the instance is a unique GUID value. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ScheduleId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ScheduleId parameter filters the results by the specified ScheduleId property value, which is a GUID. Multiple report execution instances can have the same ScheduleId value. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md index 2135e973f9..1bd22a5175 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ For more information about pipelining and the Format-List cmdlet, see [About Pip ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the assignment policy to view. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroup.md index d99c1c5ae6..8b36a80322 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ This example retrieves a list of all linked role groups and the Active Directory ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group to retrieve. If the name of the role group contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShowPartnerLinked -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroupMember.md index a592de679d..b0247fb712 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This example retrieves a list of all the members of the Organization Administrat ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group for which member information should be retrieved. If the role group name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SCInsights.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SCInsights.md index 7482a56503..1c47532af0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SCInsights.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SCInsights.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example return insights data for March 15, 2018. ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SecurityPrincipal.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SecurityPrincipal.md index 0bedac21cb..2a656b3e62 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SecurityPrincipal.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SecurityPrincipal.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ This example retrieves well-known security principals and displays only the Name ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the security principal. When the security principal is explicitly specified by using this parameter, no additional security principals are returned. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoleGroupAssignable -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RoleGroupAssignable switch filters security principals by returning only objects that can be assigned to an RBAC role group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Types -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Types parameter filters the results by object type. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServiceDeliveryReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServiceDeliveryReport.md index 2b0bbce739..8777b28f9c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServiceDeliveryReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServiceDeliveryReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ This example shows the delivery path information for the recipient chris@contoso ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Recipient -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Recipient parameter specifies the email address of the recipient you want to test. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServicePrincipal.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServicePrincipal.md index 6b9f5f19f8..63f0b687d1 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServicePrincipal.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServicePrincipal.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the service principal with the O ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the service principal that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the service principal. For example: @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Organization -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SmimeConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SmimeConfig.md index 10a2d40c62..9103d3f671 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SmimeConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SmimeConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ This example shows the S/MIME configuration that's used with Outlook on the web. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofIntelligenceInsight.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofIntelligenceInsight.md index 4897231818..a33a9c4ea4 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofIntelligenceInsight.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofIntelligenceInsight.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ This example exports the same list of spoofed senders to a CSV file. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter is available but isn't used. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofMailReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofMailReport.md index 404128c301..87e89173ec 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofMailReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofMailReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ This example shows the insider spoofing detections in your organization during t ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the report by the action taken on messages. To view the complete list of valid values for this parameter, run the command: `Get-MailFilterListReport -SelectionTarget Actions`. The action you specify must correspond to the report type. For example, you can only specify malware filter actions for malware reports. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming messages. The valid value for this parameter is Inbound. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EventType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EventType parameter filters the report by the event type. The only valid value for this parameter is SpoofMail. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SweepRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SweepRule.md index 6af5c704f5..f50ee30cdf 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SweepRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SweepRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassScopeCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassScopeCheck switch specifies whether to bypass the scope check for the user that's running the command. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md index cf8b01b151..ea4bd880a0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ This example returns information for all allowed non-Microsoft phishing simulati ### -ListType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListType parameter specifies the list to view. Valid values are: @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Entry -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Entry parameter filters the results based on the ListType parameter value. Valid values are: @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NoExpiration -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The NoExpiration switch filters the results by entries that are set to never expire. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Allow -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Allow switch filters the results for allow entries. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Block -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Block switch filters the results for block entries. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExpirationDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExpirationDate parameter filters the results by expiration date in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListSubType parameter filters the results by subtype. Valid values are: @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutputJson -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OutputJson switch specifies whether to return all entries in a single JSON value. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md index b34e3e9071..d0642bcdc6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ This example exports the same list of spoofed pairs to a CSV file. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter is available but isn't used. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the results by action type. Valid values are: @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpoofType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpoofType parameter filters the results by spoof type. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRule.md index 0fa4c4e401..64d2ce3506 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ In on-premises Exchange, this example returns a summary list of all rules that e ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -State -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The State parameter specifies filters the results by enabled or disabled rules. Valid values are: @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExcludeConditionActionDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter filters the results by using an OPATH. This parameter searches the Description property, which includes the conditions, exceptions, actions and the associated values of a transport rule. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRuleAction.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRuleAction.md index e68c4223b8..eb2a68fd58 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRuleAction.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRuleAction.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ For more information about pipelining, see [About Pipelines](https://learn.micro ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the action that you want to view. To see the list of available names, run the command Get-TransportRuleAction. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRulePredicate.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRulePredicate.md index bf8df73ee2..b427aa12e6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRulePredicate.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRulePredicate.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ For more information about how to work with the output of a command, see [Workin ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the predicate that you want to view. To see the list of available names, run the command Get-TransportRulePredicate. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroup.md index e5f0207411..bf28c3cc6b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ This example returns Microsoft 365 Groups that are created when a Microsoft Team ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the Microsoft 365 Group. For example: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeAcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeAcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers recipients in the AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeAllProperties -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeAllProperties switch specifies whether to include the values of all properties in the results. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeBypassModerationFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeBypassModerationFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers recipients in the BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeGrantSendOnBehalfToWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeGrantSendOnBehalfToWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of GrantSendOnBehalfTo recipients in the GrantSendOnBehalfToWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeModeratedByWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeModeratedByWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of ModeratedBy recipients in the ModeratedByWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeRejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeRejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers recipients in the RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeSoftDeletedGroups -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeSoftDeletedGroups switch specifies whether to include soft-deleted Microsoft 365 Groups in the results. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroupLinks.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroupLinks.md index 13910388a2..7e044e4b20 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroupLinks.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroupLinks.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example show the members of the Microsoft 365 Group named Human Resources D ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the Microsoft 365 Group. For example: @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LinkType parameter filters the results by recipient roles in the Microsoft 365 Group. Valid values are: @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-User.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-User.md index da4e00d977..6eccd8b249 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-User.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-User.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ This example uses the Filter parameter to retrieve information about all users t ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the user that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the user. For example: @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeDirectReportsWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeManagerWithDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsVIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTypeDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTypeDetails parameter filters the results by the specified user subtype. Valid values are: @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Sortby -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Import-TransportRuleCollection.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Import-TransportRuleCollection.md index 8da3bcf345..87c2036328 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Import-TransportRuleCollection.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Import-TransportRuleCollection.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This example imports a transport rule collection from the XML file named Exporte ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FileData -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FileData parameter specifies the XML file that contains the exported transport rule collection from the Export-TransportRuleCollection cmdlet. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AdminAuditLogSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AdminAuditLogSearch.md index 19b0cf5723..5d1a5f1f4b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AdminAuditLogSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AdminAuditLogSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ This example returns entries in the administrator audit log of an Exchange Onlin ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StatusMailRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StatusMailRecipients parameter specifies the recipients that should receive the administrator audit log report. The recipient must be a valid SMTP address. @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Cmdlets -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Cmdlets parameter specifies the cmdlets you want to search for in the administrator audit log. Only the log entries that contain the cmdlets you specify are returned. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalAccess -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalAccess parameter returns only audit log entries for cmdlets that were run by a user outside of your organization. In Exchange Online, use this parameter to return audit log entries for cmdlets run by Microsoft datacenter administrators. @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the administrator audit log search. The name is shown in the subject line of the audit log report email message. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ObjectIds -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ObjectIds parameter specifies that only administrator audit log entries that contain the specified changed objects should be returned. This parameter accepts a variety of objects, such as mailboxes, aliases, Send connector names and so on. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Parameters parameter specifies the parameters you want to search for in the administrator audit log. Only the log entries that contain the parameters you specify are returned. You can only use this parameter if you use the Cmdlets parameter. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserIds -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UserIds parameter specifies that only the administrator audit log entries that contain the specified ID of the user who ran the cmdlet should be returned. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishPolicy.md index 697abf3319..60d6072276 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ In Microsoft Defender for Office 365, this example creates and enables an antiph ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the antiphish policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthenticationFailAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DmarcQuarantineAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DmarcRejectAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableFirstContactSafetyTips -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableFirstContactSafetyTips parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the safety tip that's shown when recipients first receive an email from a sender or do not often receive email from a sender. Valid values are: @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableSpoofIntelligence -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableUnauthenticatedSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableViaTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HonorDmarcPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MakeDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MakeDefault switch makes this antiphish policy the default antiphish policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecommendedPolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecommendedPolicyType parameter is used for Standard and Strict policy creation as part of [Preset security policies](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/preset-security-policies). Don't use this parameter yourself. @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpoofQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpoofQuarantineTag specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined by spoof intelligence (the AuthenticationFailAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishRule.md index c51ee1499b..ce3b0b86d4 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ This example creates an antiphish rule named Research Department with the follow ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the antiphish rule. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AntiPhishPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AntiPhishPolicy parameter specifies the antiphish policy that's associated with the antiphish rule. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the rule is enabled. Valid values are: @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-App.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-App.md index 30d95ae4f1..423bd5df4a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-App.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-App.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DownloadOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DownloadOnly switch specifies whether to get the app manifest file and prompt the user for confirmation before committing to actual installation. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Etoken -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceAssetID -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceAssetID parameter specifies the Office Store identifier for the app. You need to use this parameter if you use theMarketplaceServicesUrl parameter. @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceCorrelationID -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceCorrelationID parameter specifies the Office Store correlation identifier for the app. @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceQueryMarket -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceQueryMarket parameter specifies the locale that an app is filed under at the office marketplace. For example, an app for the United States market in English uses the value en-US. The default value is en-US. @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceServicesUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceServicesUrl parameter specifies the full services URL for the app. You need to specify only one source location for the app manifest file. You can specify the app manifest file by using the MarketplaceServicesUrl, Url or FileData parameter. @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceUserProfileType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceUserProfileType parameter specifies the user profile type for the Office Store. @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Url -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Url parameter specifies the full URL location of the app manifest file that you want to install. You need to specify only one source location for the app manifest file. You can specify the app manifest file by using the MarketplaceServicesUrl, Url or FileData parameter. @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md index 86ff783200..8eb44d591c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ This example creates a new application access policy with the following settings ### -AccessRight -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AccessRight parameter specifies the restriction type that you want to assign in the application access policy. Valid values are: @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AppId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the GUID of the apps to include in the policy. To find the GUID value of an app, run the command Get-App | Format-Table -Auto DisplayName,AppId. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PolicyScopeGroupID -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PolicyScopeGroupID parameter specifies the recipient to define in the policy. Valid recipient types are security principals in Exchange Online (users or groups, including nested groups, that can have permissions assigned to them). For example: @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AuthenticationPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AuthenticationPolicy.md index 7859c4f25f..c377590b22 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AuthenticationPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AuthenticationPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ In Exchange 2019, this example creates a new authentication policy named Researc ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name for the authentication policy. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthActiveSync -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthAutodiscover -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthImap -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthMapi -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthOfflineAddressBook -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthOutlookService -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthPop -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthPowershell -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthReportingWebServices -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthRpc -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthSmtp -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthWebServices -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DistributionGroup.md index d42dea38c6..ebdc593a33 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ This example creates a distribution group named ITDepartment and specifies the m ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the group. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BccBlocked -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassNestedModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ByPassNestedModerationEnabled parameter specifies how to handle message approval when a moderated group contains other moderated groups as members. Valid values are: @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CopyOwnerToMember -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CopyOwnerToMember switch specifies whether group owners specified by the ManagedBy parameter are also members of the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenGroupMembershipEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IgnoreNamingPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IgnoreNamingPolicy switch specifies whether to prevent this group from being affected by your organization's group naming policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter specifies an owner for the group. A group must have at least one owner. If you don't use this parameter to specify the owner when you create the group, the user account that created the group is the owner. The group owner is able to: @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MemberDepartRestriction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MemberDepartRestriction parameter specifies the restrictions that you put on requests to leave the group. Valid values are: @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MemberJoinRestriction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MemberJoinRestriction parameter specifies the restrictions that you put on requests to join the group. Valid values are: @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Members -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Members parameter specifies the recipients (mail-enabled objects) that are members of the group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this group. A moderator approves messages sent to the group before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter specifies the location in Active Directory where the group is created. @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoomList -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RoomList switch specifies that all members of this distribution group are room mailboxes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Type parameter specifies the type of group that you want to create. Valid values are: @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DkimSigningConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DkimSigningConfig.md index 66fa40daa5..779bcaae99 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DkimSigningConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DkimSigningConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example enables DKIM message signing for the contoso.com domain. ### -DomainName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DomainName parameter specifies the domain in your organization that you want to enable DKIM message signing for. @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the policy is enabled. Valid values are: @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BodyCanonicalization -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BodyCanonicalization parameter specifies the canonicalization algorithm that's used to create and verify the message body part of the DKIM signature. This value effectively controls the sensitivity of DKIM to changes to the message body in transit. Valid values are: @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderCanonicalization -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HeaderCanonicalization parameter specifies the canonicalization algorithm that's used to create and verify the message header part of the DKIM signature. This value effectively controls the sensitivity of DKIM to changes to the message headers in transit. Valid values are: @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -KeySize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The KeySize parameter specifies the size in bits of the public key that's used in the DKIM signing policy. Valid values are: @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DynamicDistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DynamicDistributionGroup.md index 3e0f31d90e..46a2fe1b00 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DynamicDistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DynamicDistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ This example creates a dynamic distribution group named Washington Management Te ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the dynamic distribution group. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludedRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludedRecipients parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the recipient type. Valid values are: @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientFilter parameter specifies a custom OPATH filter that's based on the value of any available recipient property. You can use any available Windows PowerShell operator, and wildcards and partial matches are supported. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCompany -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCompany parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's Company property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute1 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute1 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute10 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute10 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute10 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute11 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute11 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute11 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute12 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute12 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute12 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute13 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute13 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute13 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute14 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute14 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute14 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute15 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute15 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute15 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute2 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute2 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute3 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute3 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute4 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute4 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute5 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute5 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute6 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute6 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute6 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute7 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute7 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute7 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute8 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute8 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute8 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute9 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute9 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute9 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalDepartment -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalDepartment parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's Department property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalStateOrProvince -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalStateOrProvince parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's StateOrProvince property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DirectMembershipOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the dynamic distribution group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter specifies the organizational unit (OU) where the dynamic distribution group is created. @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientContainer -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientContainer parameter specifies a filter that's based on the recipient's location in Active Directory. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md index f6b9302804..c7e300e057 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ This example creates the rule for the Standard preset security policy. No restri ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AntiPhishPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AntiPhishPolicy parameter specifies the existing anti-phishing policy that's associated with the preset security policy. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HostedContentFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedContentFilterPolicy parameter specifies the existing anti-spam policy that's associated with the preset security policy. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MalwareFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedContentFilterPolicy parameter specifies the existing anti-malware policy that's associated with the preset security policy. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the rule is enabled. Valid values are: @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent to members of groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, dynamic distribution groups, or mail-enabled security groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md index c83d35330c..e97be81c81 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ This example creates a spam filter policy named Contoso Executives with the foll ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the spam filter policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddXHeaderValue -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AddXHeaderValue parameter specifies the X-header name (not value) to add to spam messages when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value AddXHeader. The following spam filtering verdict parameters can use the AddXHeader action: @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedSenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllowedSenderDomains parameter specifies trusted domains that aren't processed by the spam filter. Messages from senders in these domains are stamped with `SFV:SKA` in the `X-Forefront-Antispam-Report header` and receive a spam confidence level (SCL) of -1, so the messages are delivered to the recipient's inbox. Valid values are one or more SMTP domains. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedSenders -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllowedSenders parameter specifies a list of trusted senders that skip spam filtering. Messages from these senders are stamped with SFV:SKA in the X-Forefront-Antispam-Report header and receive an SCL of -1, so the messages are delivered to the recipient's inbox. Valid values are one or more SMTP email addresses. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedSenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BlockedSenderDomains parameter specifies domains that are always marked as spam sources. Messages from senders in these domains are stamped with `SFV:SKB` value in the `X-Forefront-Antispam-Report` header and receive an SCL of 6 (spam). Valid values are one or more SMTP domains. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedSenders -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BlockedSenders parameter specifies senders that are always marked as spam sources. Messages from these senders are stamped with `SFV:SKB` in the `X-Forefront-Antispam-Report` header and receive an SCL of 6 (spam). Valid values are one or more SMTP email addresses. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BulkQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BulkQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as bulk email (the BulkSpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BulkSpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BulkSpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as bulk email (also known as gray mail) based on the bulk complaint level (BCL) of the message, and the BCL threshold you configure in the BulkThreshold parameter. Valid values are: @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BulkThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BulkThreshold parameter specifies the BCL on messages that triggers the action specified by the BulkSpamAction parameter (greater than or equal to the specified BCL value). A valid value is an integer from 1 to 9. The default value is 7, which means a BCL of 7, 8, or 9 on messages trigger the action specified by the BulkSpamAction parameter. @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DownloadLink -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableEndUserSpamNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableLanguageBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableLanguageBlockList parameter enables or disables marking messages that were written in specific languages as spam. Valid values are: @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableRegionBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableRegionBlockList parameter enables or disables marking messages that are sent from specific countries or regions as spam. Valid values are: @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationFrequency -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidencePhishAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidencePhishAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as high confidence phishing (not phishing). Phishing messages use fraudulent links or spoofed domains to get personal information. Valid values are: @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidencePhishQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidencePhishQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as high confidence phishing (the HighConfidencePhishAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidenceSpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidenceSpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as high confidence spam (not spam, bulk email, phishing, or high confidence phishing). Valid values are: @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidenceSpamQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidenceSpamQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as high confidence spam (the HighConfidenceSpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithBizOrInfoUrls -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithBizOrInfoUrls parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain links to .biz or .info domains. Valid values are: @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithImageLinks -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithImageLinks parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain image links to remote websites. Valid values are: @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithNumericIps -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithNumericIps parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain links to IP addresses. Valid values are: @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithRedirectToOtherPort -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithRedirectToOtherPort parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain links that redirect to TCP ports other than 80 (HTTP), 8080 (alternate HTTP), or 443 (HTTPS). Valid values are: @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InlineSafetyTipsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InlineSafetyTipsEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable safety tips that are shown to recipients in messages. Valid values are: @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IntraOrgFilterState -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IntraOrgFilterState parameter specifies whether to enable anti-spam filtering for messages sent between internal users (users in the same organization). The action that's configured in the policy for the specified spam filter verdicts is taken on messages sent between internal users. Valid values are: @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LanguageBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LanguageBlockList parameter specifies the email content languages that are marked as spam when the EnableLanguageBlockList parameter value is $true. A valid value is a supported uppercase ISO 639-1 two-letter language code: @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamBulkMail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamBulkMail parameter allows spam filtering to act on bulk email messages. Valid values are: @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamEmbedTagsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamEmbedTagsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamEmptyMessages -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamEmptyMessages parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains no subject, no content in the message body, and no attachments. Valid values are: @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamFormTagsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamFormTagsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamFramesInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamFramesInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ or \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamFromAddressAuthFail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamFromAddressAuthFail parameter marks a message as spam when Sender ID filtering encounters a hard fail. This setting combines an Sender Policy Framework (SPF) check with a Sender ID check to help protect against message headers that contain forged senders. Valid values are: @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamJavaScriptInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamJavaScriptInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains JavaScript or VBScript. Valid values are: @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamNdrBackscatter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamNdrBackscatter parameter marks a message as spam when the message is a non-delivery report (also known as an NDR or bounce messages) sent to a forged sender (known as *backscatter*). Valid values are: @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamObjectTagsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamObjectTagsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamSensitiveWordList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamSensitiveWordList parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains words from the sensitive words list. Microsoft maintains a dynamic but non-editable list of words that are associated with potentially offensive messages. Valid values are: @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamSpfRecordHardFail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamSpfRecordHardFail parameter marks a message as spam when SPF record checking encounters a hard fail. Valid values are: @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamWebBugsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamWebBugsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains web bugs (also known as web beacons). Valid values are: @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModifySubjectValue -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModifySubjectValue parameter specifies the text to prepend to the existing subject of messages when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value ModifySubject. The following spam filtering verdict parameters can use the ModifySubject action: @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhishQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhishQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as phishing (the PhishSpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhishSpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhishSpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as phishing (not high confidence phishing). Phishing messages use fraudulent links or spoofed domains to get personal information. Valid values are: @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhishZapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhishZapEnabled parameter enables or disables zero-hour auto purge (ZAP) to detect phishing in already delivered messages in Exchange Online mailboxes. Valid values are: @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineRetentionPeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The QuarantineRetentionPeriod parameter specifies the number of days that spam messages remain in quarantine when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value Quarantine. All spam filtering verdict parameters can use the Quarantine action: @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecommendedPolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecommendedPolicyType parameter is used for Standard and Strict policy creation as part of [Preset security policies](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/preset-security-policies). Don't use this parameter yourself. @@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RedirectToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RedirectToRecipients parameter specifies the email addresses of replacement recipients when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value Redirect. The following spam filtering verdict parameters can use the Redirect action: @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RegionBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RegionBlockList parameter specifies the source countries or regions that are marked as spam when the EnableRegionBlockList parameter value is $true. A valid value is a supported ISO 3166-1 two-letter country code: @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as spam (not high confidence spam, bulk email, phishing, or high confidence phishing). Valid values are: @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpamQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpamQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as spam (the SpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpamZapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpamZapEnabled parameter enables or disables zero-hour auto purge (ZAP) to detect spam in already delivered messages in Exchange Online mailboxes. Valid values are: @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TestModeAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TestModeAction parameter specifies the additional action to take on messages when one or more IncreaseScoreWith\* or MarkAsSpam\* ASF parameters are set to the value Test. Valid values are: @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TestModeBccToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TestModeBccToRecipients parameter specifies the blind carbon copy (Bcc) recipients to add to spam messages when the TestModeAction ASF parameter is set to the value BccMessage. @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterRule.md index 4560b98a1b..47454bb356 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This example creates a new spam filter rule named Contoso Recipients with the fo ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the spam filter rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HostedContentFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedContentFilterPolicy parameter specifies the spam filter policy (content filter policy) that's associated with the rule. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter enables or disables the rule. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception for the rule that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception for the rule that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception for the rule that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition for the rule that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition for the rule that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md index 944b15fa76..932e62362f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This example creates a new outbound spam filter policy named Contoso Executives ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the outbound spam filter policy. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActionWhenThresholdReached -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ActionWhenThresholdReach parameter specifies the action to take when any of the limits specified in the policy are reached. Valid values are: @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutoForwardingMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AutoForwardingMode specifies how the policy controls automatic email forwarding to external recipients. Valid values are: @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BccSuspiciousOutboundAdditionalRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BccSuspiciousOutboundAdditionalRecipients parameter specifies an email address to add to the Bcc field of outgoing spam messages. You can specify multiple email addresses separated by commas. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BccSuspiciousOutboundMail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BccSuspiciousOutboundMail parameter specifies whether to add recipients to the Bcc field of outgoing spam messages. Valid values are: @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotifyOutboundSpam -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: This setting is replaced by the default alert policy named **User restricted from sending email**, which sends notification messages to admins. We recommend that you use the alert policy rather than this setting to notify admins and other users. For instructions, see [Verify the alert settings for restricted users](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/outbound-spam-restore-restricted-users#verify-the-alert-settings-for-restricted-users). @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotifyOutboundSpamRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: This setting is replaced by the default alert policy named **User restricted from sending email**, which sends notification messages to admins. We recommend that you use the alert policy rather than this setting to notify admins and other users. For instructions, see [Verify the alert settings for restricted users](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/outbound-spam-restore-restricted-users#verify-the-alert-settings-for-restricted-users). @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientLimitExternalPerHour -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientLimitExternalPerHour parameter specifies the maximum number of external recipients that a user can send to within an hour. A valid value is 0 to 10000. The default value is 0, which means the service defaults are used. For more information, see [Sending limits across Microsoft 365 options](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/outbound-spam-restore-restricted-users#verify-the-alert-settings-for-restricted-users). @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientLimitInternalPerHour -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientLimitInternalPerHour parameter specifies the maximum number of internal recipients that a user can send to within an hour. A valid value is 0 to 10000. The default value is 0, which means the service defaults are used. For more information, see [Sending limits across Microsoft 365 options](https://learn.microsoft.com/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-limits#sending-limits-across-office-365-options). @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientLimitPerDay -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientLimitInternalPerHour parameter specifies the maximum number of recipients that a user can send to within a day. A valid value is 0 to 10000. The default value is 0, which means the service defaults are used. For more information, see [Sending limits across Microsoft 365 options](https://learn.microsoft.com/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-limits#sending-limits-across-office-365-options). @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecommendedPolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecommendedPolicyType parameter is used for Standard and Strict policy creation as part of [Preset security policies](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/preset-security-policies). Don't use this parameter yourself. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md index 423016b19a..24118f68bf 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example creates a new outbound spam filter rule named Contoso Executives th ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the outbound spam filter rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy parameter specifies the outbound spam filter policy that's associated with the outbound spam filter rule. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the rule is enabled. Valid values are: @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfFrom parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages from specific senders. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the sender. For example: @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfFromMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent by group members. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSenderDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for senders with email address in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -From -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The From parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages from specific senders. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the sender. For example: @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FromMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent by group members. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for senders with email address in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-InboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-InboundConnector.md index 8c1f5d800e..15bc7bf021 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-InboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-InboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ This example creates the Inbound connector named Contoso Inbound Secure Connecto ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a descriptive name for the connector. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderDomains parameter specifies the source domains that a Partner type connector accepts messages for (limits the scope of a Partner type connector). A valid value is an SMTP domain. Wildcards are supported to indicate a domain and all subdomains (for example, `*.contoso.com`). However, you can't embed the wildcard character (for example, `domain.*.contoso.com` isn't valid). @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AssociatedAcceptedDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AssociatedAcceptedDomains parameter restricts the source domains that use the connector to the specified accepted domains. A valid value is an SMTP domain that's configured as an accepted domain in your Microsoft 365 organization. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ClientHostNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill ClientHostNames Description }} @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CloudServicesMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: We recommend that you don't use this parameter unless you are directed to do so by Microsoft Customer Service and Support, or by specific product documentation. Instead, use the Hybrid Configuration wizard to configure mail flow between your on-premises and cloud organizations. For more information, see [Hybrid Configuration wizard](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/hybrid-configuration-wizard). @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorSource -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorSource parameter specifies how the connector is created. Valid input for this parameter includes the following values: @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorType parameter specifies the category for the source domains that the connector accepts messages for. Valid values are: @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFSkipIPs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes the EFSkipIPs parameter specifies the source IP addresses to skip in Enhanced Filtering for Connectors when the EFSkipLastIP parameter value is $false. Valid values are: @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFSkipLastIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EFSkipIPs parameter specifies the behavior of Enhanced Filtering for Connectors. Valid values are: @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFSkipMailGateway -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFTestMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFUsers -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EFUsers parameter specifies the recipients that Enhanced Filtering for Connectors applies to. The default value is blank ($null), which means Enhanced Filtering for Connectors is applied to all recipients. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter enables or disables the connector. Valid values are: @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireTls -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireTLS parameter specifies whether to require TLS transmission for all messages that are received by a Partner type connector. Valid values are: @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RestrictDomainsToCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RestrictDomainsToCertificate parameter specifies whether the Subject value of the TLS certificate is checked before messages can use the Partner type connector. Valid values are: @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RestrictDomainsToIPAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RestrictDomainsToIPAddresses parameter specifies whether to reject mail that comes from unknown source IP addresses for Partner type connectors. Valid values are: @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ScanAndDropRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderIPAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderIPAddresses parameter specifies the source IPV4 IP addresses that the Partner type connector accepts messages from when the value of the RestrictDomainsToIPAddresses parameter is $true. Valid values are: @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsSenderCertificateName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TlsSenderCertificateName parameter specifies the TLS certificate that's used when the value of the RequireTls parameter is $true. A valid value is an SMTP domain. Wildcards are supported to indicate a domain and all subdomains (for example, \*.contoso.com), but you can't embed the wildcard character (for example, domain.\*.contoso.com is not valid). @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TreatMessagesAsInternal -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TreatMessagesAsInternal parameter specifies an alternative method to identify messages sent from an on-premises organization as internal messages. You should only consider using this parameter when your on-premises organization doesn't use Exchange. Valid values are: @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TrustedOrganizations -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TrustedOrganizations parameter specifies other Microsoft 365 organizations that are trusted mail sources (for example, after acquisitions and mergers). You can specify multiple Microsoft 365 organizations separated by commas. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailContact.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailContact.md index e6db45960c..457eba4705 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailContact.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailContact.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This example creates a new mail contact named Chris Ashton. ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the mail contact. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalEmailAddress parameter specifies the target email address of the mail contact or mail user. By default, this value is used as the primary email address of the mail contact or mail user. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the mail contact. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FirstName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FirstName parameter specifies the user's first name. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Initials -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Initials parameter specifies the user's middle initials. @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LastName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LastName parameter specifies the user's last name. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MacAttachmentFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MacAttachmentFormat parameter specifies the Apple Macintosh operating system attachment format to use for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageBodyFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageBodyFormat parameter specifies the message body format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageBodyFormat parameter specifies the message body format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this mail contact. A moderator approves messages sent to the mail contact before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter specifies the location in Active Directory where the new contact is created. @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UsePreferMessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UsePreferMessageFormat specifies whether the message format settings configured for the mail user or mail contact override the global settings configured for the remote domain or configured by the message sender. Valid value are: @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailUser.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailUser.md index 25c3cefce7..430c1124bc 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailUser.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailUser.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ This example creates a new mail user for Ed Meadows in the contoso.com cloud-bas ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the mail user. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalEmailAddress parameter specifies the target email address of the mail contact or mail user. By default, this value is used as the primary email address of the mail contact or mail user. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FederatedIdentity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MicrosoftOnlineServicesID -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MicrosoftOnlineServicesID parameter specifies the user ID for the object. This parameter only applies to objects in the cloud-based service. It isn't available for on-premises deployments. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Password -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Password parameter specifies the password for the user's account. @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the mail user. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center, in address lists, and in Outlook. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FirstName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FirstName parameter specifies the user's first name. @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ImmutableId -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ImmutableId parameter is used by GAL synchronization (GALSync) and specifies a unique and immutable identifier in the form of an SMTP address for an Exchange mailbox used for federated delegation when requesting Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) tokens. If federation is configured for this mailbox and you don't set this parameter when you create the mailbox, Exchange creates the value for the immutable ID based upon the mailbox's ExchangeGUID and the federated account namespace, for example, 7a78e7c8-620e-4d85-99d3-c90d90f29699@mail.contoso.com. @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Initials -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Initials parameter specifies the user's middle initials. @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LastName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LastName parameter specifies the user's last name. @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HVEAccount -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MacAttachmentFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MacAttachmentFormat parameter specifies the Apple Macintosh operating system attachment format to use for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxRegion -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageBodyFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageBodyFormat parameter specifies the message body format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageFormat parameter specifies the message format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter specifies the location in Active Directory where the new mail user is created. @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemotePowerShellEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RemotePowerShellEnabled parameter specifies whether the user has access to Exchange PowerShell. Valid values are: @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UsePreferMessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UsePreferMessageFormat specifies whether the message format settings configured for the mail user or mail contact override the global settings configured for the remote domain or configured by the message sender. Valid value are: @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailboxSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailboxSearch.md index 9a3283d0a7..ac1b6387ed 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailboxSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailboxSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InPlaceHoldEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InPlaceHoldEnabled parameter specifies whether to set an In-Place Hold on items in the search results. Valid values are: @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ItemHoldPeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ItemHoldPeriod parameter specifies the number of days for the In-Place Hold onthe mailbox items (all mailbox items or the items that are returned in the search query results). The duration is calculated from the time the item is received or created in the mailbox. Valid values are: @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work on this cmdlet. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterPolicy.md index a25e05a53c..49d339a77f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ This example creates a new malware filter policy named Contoso Malware Filter Po ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the malware filter policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomExternalBody -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomExternalBody parameter specifies the custom body to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from external senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomExternalSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomExternalSubject parameter specifies the custom subject to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from external senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomFromAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomFromAddress parameter specifies the custom From address to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal or external senders. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomFromName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomFromName parameter specifies the custom From name to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal or external senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomInternalBody -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomInternalBody parameter specifies the custom body to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomInternalSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomInternalSubject parameter specifies the custom subject to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomNotifications parameter enables or disables the customization of notification messages for malware detections. Valid values are: @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableExternalSenderAdminNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableExternalSenderAdminNotifications parameter enables or disables sending notification messages to an administrator for malware detections in messages from internal senders. Valid values are: @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableFileFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableInternalSenderAdminNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableInternalSenderAdminNotifications parameter enables or disables sending notification messages to an administrator for malware detections in messages from internal senders. Valid values are: @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalSenderAdminAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalSenderAdminAddress parameter specifies the email address of the administrator who receives notifications messages for malware detections in messages from external senders. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FileTypeAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FileTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalSenderAdminAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InternalSenderAdminAddress parameter specifies the email address of the administrator who receives notifications messages for malware detections in messages from internal senders. @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecommendedPolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ZapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterRule.md index cdd83af3d6..5c6c4d6716 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example creates a new malware filter rule named Contoso Recipients with the ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the malware filter rule. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MalwareFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MalwareFilterPolicy parameter specifies the malware filter policy that's associated with the malware filter rule. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter enables or disables the malware filter rule. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRole.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRole.md index a56a9a1470..1360654ba2 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRole.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRole.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ In on-premises Exchange, this example creates the unscoped management role In-ho ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the role. The maximum length of the name is 64 characters. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Parent parameter specifies the identity of the role to copy. If the name of the role contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you specify the Parent parameter, you can't use the UnScopedTopLevel switch. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter specifies the description that's displayed when the management role is viewed using the Get-ManagementRole cmdlet. Enclose the description in quotation marks ("). @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnabledCmdlets -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnabledCmdlets parameter specifies the cmdlets that are copied from the parent role. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRoleAssignment.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRoleAssignment.md index 6ba6506e29..d27b636b93 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRoleAssignment.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRoleAssignment.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ This example assigns the Mail Recipients role to the Contoso Sub - Seattle role ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a name for the new management role assignment. The maximum length of the name is 64 characters. If the management role assignment name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you don't specify a name, a name is created automatically. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -App -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Policy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Policy parameter specifies the name of the management role assignment policy to assign the management role to. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Role -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Role parameter specifies the existing role to assign. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the role. For example: @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SecurityGroup -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SecurityGroup parameter specifies the name of the management role group or mail-enabled universal security group to assign the management role to. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -User -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The User parameter specifies the user to assign the management role to. @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomRecipientWriteScope parameter specifies the existing recipient-based management scope to associate with this management role assignment. If the management scope name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you use the CustomRecipientWriteScope parameter, you can't use the RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope or ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameters. @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomResourceScope -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Delegating -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Delegating switch specifies whether the user or USG assigned to the role can delegate the role to other users or groups. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameter specifies the exclusive recipient-based management scope to associate with the new role assignment. If you use the ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameter, you can't use the CustomRecipientWriteScope or RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameters. If the scope name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAdministrativeUnitScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientGroupScope -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameter specifies the OU to scope the new role assignment to. If you use the RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameter, you can't use the CustomRecipientWriteScope or ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameters. To specify an OU, use the syntax: domain/ou. If the OU name contains spaces, enclose the domain and OU in quotation marks ("). @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRelativeWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientRelativeWriteScope parameter specifies the type of restriction to apply to a recipient scope. The available types are None, Organization, MyGAL, Self, and MyDistributionGroups. The RecipientRelativeWriteScope parameter is automatically set when the CustomRecipientWriteScope or RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameters are used. @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementScope.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementScope.md index 3fea608e67..111400d993 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementScope.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementScope.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ This example creates the Seattle Databases scope and sets a database restriction ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the management scope. The name can be up to 64 characters. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRestrictionFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientRestrictionFilter parameter uses OPATH filter syntax to specify the recipients that are included in the scope. The syntax is `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Exclusive -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Exclusive switch specifies that the role should be an exclusive scope. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRoot -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientRoot parameter specifies the organizational unit (OU) under which the filter specified with the RecipientRestrictionFilter parameter should be applied. Valid input for this parameter is an OU or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md index 863ff11d57..8005f103ba 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.MediaAndDevices-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowGooglePushNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowMicrosoftPushNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OnPremisesOrganization.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OnPremisesOrganization.md index 6a35db3846..811b23530d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OnPremisesOrganization.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OnPremisesOrganization.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example creates the OnPremisesOrganization object ExchangeMail in a Microso ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a friendly name for the on-premises Exchange organization object in the Microsoft 365 organization. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HybridDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HybridDomains parameter specifies the domains that are configured in the hybrid deployment between a Microsoft 365 organization and an on-premises Exchange organization. The domains specified in this parameter must match the domains listed in the HybridConfiguration object for the on-premises Exchange organization configured by the Hybrid Configuration wizard. Multiple domains might be listed and must be separated by a comma, for example, "contoso.com, sales.contoso.com". @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InboundConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InboundConnector parameter specifies the name of the inbound connector configured in Microsoft 365 for a hybrid deployment configured with an on-premises Exchange organization. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationGuid parameter specifies the globally unique identifier (GUID) of the on-premises Exchange organization object in the Microsoft 365 organization. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutboundConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OutboundConnector parameter specifies the name of the outbound connector configured in Microsoft 365 for a hybrid deployment with an on-premises Exchange organization. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationName parameter specifies the Active Directory object name of the on-premises Exchange organization. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationRelationship parameter specifies the organization relationship configured by the Hybrid Configuration wizard on the Microsoft 365 organization as part of a hybrid deployment with an on-premises Exchange organization. This organization relationship defines the federated sharing features enabled on the Microsoft 365 organization. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OrganizationRelationship.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OrganizationRelationship.md index 2bacdcf096..be9d8bc201 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OrganizationRelationship.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OrganizationRelationship.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The requesting organization only receives free/busy information with the time. ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the organization relationship. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainNames -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DomainNames parameter specifies the SMTP domains of the external organization. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas (for example, "contoso.com","northamerica.contoso.com"), limited to 238 domains in one request. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ArchiveAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ArchiveAccessEnabled parameter specifies whether the organization relationship is configured to provide remote archive access. Valid values are: @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeliveryReportEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DeliveryReportEnabled parameter specifies whether Delivery Reports should be shared over the organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether to enable the organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeBusyAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeBusyAccessEnabled parameter specifies whether the organization relationship should be used to retrieve free/busy information from the external organization. Valid values are: @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeBusyAccessLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeBusyAccessLevel parameter specifies the maximum amount of detail returned to the requesting organization. Valid values are: @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeBusyAccessScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeBusyAccessScope parameter specifies an internal mail-enabled security group where member free/busy information is accessible by the external organization. For best performance, the group should have less than 10,000 members. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxMoveCapability -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxMoveEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailboxMoveEnabled parameter specifies whether the organization relationship enables moving mailboxes to or from the external organization. Valid values are: @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxMovePublishedScopes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipsAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipsAccessEnabled parameter specifies whether MailTips for users in this organization are returned over this organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipsAccessLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipsAccessLevel parameter specifies the level of MailTips data that's externally shared over this organization relationship. This parameter can have the following values: @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipsAccessScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipsAccessScope parameter specifies a mail-enabled security group in the internal organization that contains users whose free/busy information is accessible by an external organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OAuthApplicationId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationContact -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationContact parameter specifies the email address that can be used to contact the external organization (for example, administrator@fourthcoffee.com). @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhotosEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhotosEnabled parameter specifies whether photos for users in the internal organization are returned over the organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetApplicationUri -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetApplicationUri parameter specifies the target Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the external organization. The TargetApplicationUri parameter is specified by Exchange when requesting a delegated token for the external organization to fetch free and busy information, for example, mail.contoso.com. @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetAutodiscoverEpr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetAutodiscoverEpr parameter specifies the Autodiscover URL of Exchange Web Services for the external organization, for example, `https://contoso.com/autodiscover/autodiscover.svc/wssecurity`. Exchange uses the Autodiscover service to automatically detect the correct Exchange server endpoint to use for external requests. @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetOwaURL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetOwaURL parameter specifies the Outlook on the web (formerly Outlook Web App) URL of the external organization defined in the organization relationship. It's used for Outlook on the web redirection in a cross-premise Exchange scenario. Configuring this attribute enables users in the organization to use their current Outlook on the web URL to access Outlook on the web in the external organization. @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetSharingEpr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetSharingEpr parameter specifies the URL of the target Exchange Web Services for the external organization. @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OutboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OutboundConnector.md index 539c5c9b79..716b697f19 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OutboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OutboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This example creates the Outbound connector named Contoso Outbound Connector wit ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name for the connector. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllAcceptedDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllAcceptedDomains parameter specifies whether the Outbound connector is used in hybrid organizations where message recipients are in accepted domains of the cloud-based organization. Valid values are: @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CloudServicesMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: We recommend that you don't use this parameter unless you are directed to do so by Microsoft Customer Service and Support, or by specific product documentation. Instead, use the Hybrid Configuration wizard to configure mail flow between your on-premises and cloud organizations. For more information, see [Hybrid Configuration wizard](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/hybrid-configuration-wizard). @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorSource -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorSource parameter specifies how the connector is created. Valid values are: @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorType parameter specifies a category for the domains that are serviced by the connector. Valid values are: @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the Outbound connector. Valid values are: @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsTransportRuleScoped -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IsTransportRuleScoped parameter specifies whether the Outbound connector is associated with a transport rule (also known as a mail flow rule). Valid values are: @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkForModifiedConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomains parameter specifies the domains that the Outbound connector routes mail to. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteAllMessagesViaOnPremises -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RouteAllMessagesViaOnPremises parameter specifies that all messages serviced by this connector are first routed through the on-premises email system in hybrid organizations. Valid values are: @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderRewritingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderRewritingEnabled parameter specifies that all messages that normally qualify for SRS rewriting are rewritten for routing through the on-premises email system. Valid values are: @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmartHosts -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SmartHosts parameter specifies the smart host that the Outbound connector uses to route mail. Valid values are: @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TestMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TestMode parameter specifies whether you want to enabled or disable test mode for the Outbound connector. Valid values are: @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TlsDomain parameter specifies the domain name that the Outbound connector uses to verify the FQDN of the target certificate when establishing a TLS secured connection. A valid value for this parameter is an SMTP domain. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsSettings -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TlsSettings parameter specifies the TLS authentication level that's used for outbound TLS connections established by this Outbound connector. Valid values are: @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseMXRecord -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UseMXRecord parameter enables or disables DNS routing for the connector. Valid values are: @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePermissions.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePermissions.md index 07e69cfb7f..83b31109ad 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePermissions.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePermissions.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ In the same PowerShell session, you can use `$FullAccess` for the _EndUserQuaran ### -PermissionToAllowSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToAllowSender parameter specifies whether users are allowed to add the quarantined message sender to their Safe Senders list. Valid values are: @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToBlockSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToBlockSender parameter specifies whether users are allowed to add the quarantined message sender to their Blocked Senders list. Valid values are: @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToDelete -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToDelete parameter specifies whether users are allowed to delete messages from quarantine. Valid values are: @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToDownload -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToDownload parameter specifies whether users are allowed to download messages from quarantine. Valid values are: @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToPreview -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToPreview parameter specifies whether users are allowed to preview quarantined messages. Valid values are: @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToRelease -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToRelease parameter specifies whether users are allowed to directly release affected messages from quarantine. Valid values are: @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToRequestRelease -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToRequestRelease parameter specifies whether users are allowed to request messages to be released from quarantine. The request must be approved by an admin. Valid values are: @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToViewHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToViewHeader parameter specifies whether users are allowed to view the message headers of quarantined messages. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePolicy.md index 6cfaa0b09b..fff1e78944 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ To assign Limited access permissions, use the value 27. To assign Full access pe ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the quarantine policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the quarantine policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminNotificationFrequencyInDays -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminNotificationLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminNotificationsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminQuarantinePermissionsList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomDisclaimer -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserQuarantinePermissions -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: To set permissions in quarantine policies, we recommend using the EndUserQuarantinePermissionsValue parameter. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserQuarantinePermissionsValue -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndUserQuarantinePermissionsValue parameter specifies the end-user permissions for the quarantine policy. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromAddress specifies the email address of an existing internal sender to use as the sender for quarantine notifications. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationFrequency -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndUserSpamNotificationFrequency parameter specifies how often quarantine notifications are sent to users. Valid values are: @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationFrequencyInDays -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EsnCustomSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EsnCustomSubject parameter specifies the text to use in the Subject field of quarantine notifications. @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ESNEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ESNEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable quarantine notifications (formerly known as end-user spam notifications) for the policy. Valid values are: @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress parameter specifies whether to send quarantine notifications for quarantined messages from blocked sender addresses. Valid values are: @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MultiLanguageCustomDisclaimer -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MultiLanguageSenderName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MultiLanguageSetting -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationBrandingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineRetentionDays -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantinePolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md index eef83073bd..799974d569 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Because setting the new role assignment as default applies only to new mailboxes ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the new assignment policy. If the assignment policy name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). The maximum length of the name is 64 characters. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter specifies the description that's displayed when the role assignment policy is viewed using the Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy cmdlet. Enclose the description in quotation marks ("). @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IsDefault switch makes the assignment policy the default assignment policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Roles -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Roles parameter specifies the management roles to assign to the role assignment policy when it's created. If a role name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you want to assign more that one role, separate the role names with commas. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleGroup.md index 35d6bdc6ef..33c8be0e8e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ This example removes the role assignment between the Distribution Groups managem ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the new role group. The name can have a maximum of 64 characters. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomRecipientWriteScope parameter specifies the existing recipient-based management scope to associate with management role assignments created with this role group. If the management scope name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter specifies the description that's displayed when the role group is viewed using the Get-RoleGroup cmdlet. Enclose the description in quotation marks ("). @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the friendly name of the role group. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). This parameter has a maximum length of 256 characters. @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter specifies the users or USGs who can modify the configuration of a role group or add and remove members to or from a role group. @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Members -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Members parameter specifies the mailboxes or mail-enabled USGs to add as a member of the role group. You can identify the user or group by the name, DN, or primary SMTP address value. You can specify multiple members separated by commas (`Value1,Value2,...ValueN`). If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks (`"Value 1","Value 2",..."Value N"`). @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Roles -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Roles parameter specifies the management roles to assign to the role group when it's created. If a role name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you want to assign more that one role, separate the role names with commas. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WellKnownObject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ServicePrincipal.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ServicePrincipal.md index 6189996d80..28dd8cd1ee 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ServicePrincipal.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ServicePrincipal.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example create a new service principal in Exchange Online with the specifie ### -AppId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AppId parameter specifies the unique AppId GUID value for the service principal. For example, ca73fffa-cedb-4b84-860f-d7fb8aa8a6c1. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ObjectId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ObjectId parameter specifies the unique ObjectId GUID value for the service principal. For example, 7c7599b2-23af-45e3-99ff-0025d148e929. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServiceId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is being deprecated. Use the ObjectId parameter instead. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the friendly name of the service principal. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md index f4de39cad9..6ad5a38853 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ For URLs identified as malware or high-confidence phishing, you need to submit t ### -Entries -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Entries parameter specifies the values that you want to add to the Tenant Allow/Block List based on the ListType parameter value: @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExpirationDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExpirationDate parameter set the expiration date of the entry in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListType parameter specifies the type of entry to add. Valid values are: @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NoExpiration -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The NoExpiration switch specifies that the entry should never expire. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Allow -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Allow switch specifies that you're creating an allow entry. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Block -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Allow switch specifies that you're creating a block entry. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListSubType parameter specifies the subtype for this entry. Valid values are: @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogExtraDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill LogExtraDetails Description }} @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveAfter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RemoveAfter parameter enables the **Remove on** \> **45 days after last used date** feature for an allow entry. The LastUsedDate property is populated when the bad entity in the allow entry is encountered by the filtering system during mail flow or time of click. The allow entry is kept for 45 days after the filtering system determines that the entity is clean. @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutputJson -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OutputJson switch specifies whether to return all entries in a single JSON value. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubmissionID -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md index 049fb245fe..0fc42deed5 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example creates an allow entry for the sender bob@contoso.com from the sour ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter uses the value Default. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendingInfrastructure -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendingInfrastructure parameter specifies the source of the messages sent by the spoofed sender that's defined in the SpoofedUser parameter. Valid values are: @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: True ### -SpoofedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpoofedUser parameter specifies the email address or domain for the spoofed sender entry. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: True ### -SpoofType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpoofType parameter specifies whether this is an internal or external spoofed sender entry. Valid values are: @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter specifies whether is an allowed or blocked spoofed sender entry. Valid values are: @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TransportRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TransportRule.md index a2329082aa..7870ab8e30 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TransportRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TransportRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ This example creates a rule with the following settings: ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActivationDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ActivationDate parameter specifies when the rule starts processing messages. The rule doesn't take any action on messages until the specified date/time. @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ADComparisonAttribute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ADComparisonOperator -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddManagerAsRecipientType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerFallbackAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyOME -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyRightsProtectionCustomizationTemplate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyRightsProtectionTemplate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentExtensionMatchesWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentHasExecutableContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentIsPasswordProtected -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentIsUnsupported -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentNameMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentProcessingLimitExceeded -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentPropertyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BetweenMemberOf1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BetweenMemberOf2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlindCopyTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies optional descriptive text for the rule (for example, what the rule is used for, or how it has changed over time). The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ContentCharacterSetContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CopyTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeleteMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Disconnect -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the new rule is created as enabled or disabled. Valid values are: @@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfADComparisonAttribute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfADComparisonOperator -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentExtensionMatchesWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentHasExecutableContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentIsPasswordProtected -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentIsUnsupported -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentNameMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentProcessingLimitExceeded -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentPropertyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfBetweenMemberOf1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfBetweenMemberOf2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfContentCharacterSetContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2207,7 +2207,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasNoClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasSenderOverride -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2395,7 +2395,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderContainsMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2417,7 +2417,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderMatchesMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfManagerAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfManagerForEvaluatedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfMessageSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfMessageTypeMatches -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2641,7 +2641,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2699,7 +2699,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2801,7 +2801,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientInSenderList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSCLOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2930,7 +2930,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2986,7 +2986,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderInRecipientList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -3032,7 +3032,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderIpRanges -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderManagementRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3087,7 +3087,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3200,7 +3200,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3222,7 +3222,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectOrBodyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3248,7 +3248,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectOrBodyMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfWithImportance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3296,7 +3296,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExpiryDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3318,7 +3318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -From -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3351,7 +3351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3375,7 +3375,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3401,7 +3401,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3434,7 +3434,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3459,7 +3459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GenerateIncidentReport -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3490,7 +3490,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GenerateNotification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3523,7 +3523,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3551,7 +3551,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasNoClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasSenderOverride -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -3603,7 +3603,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderContainsMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3625,7 +3625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3651,7 +3651,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderMatchesMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3673,7 +3673,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3697,7 +3697,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncidentReportContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3765,7 +3765,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogEventText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -3795,7 +3795,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagerAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3828,7 +3828,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagerForEvaluatedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3885,7 +3885,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTypeMatches -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3949,7 +3949,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Mode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Mode parameter specifies how the rule operates. Valid values are: @@ -3971,7 +3971,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerateMessageByManager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3998,7 +3998,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerateMessageByUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4067,7 +4067,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrependSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4091,7 +4091,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -4117,7 +4117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Quarantine -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4144,7 +4144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4202,7 +4202,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4258,7 +4258,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4280,7 +4280,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4304,7 +4304,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4327,7 +4327,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4351,7 +4351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientInSenderList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4371,7 +4371,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RedirectMessageTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4402,7 +4402,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessageEnhancedStatusCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4430,7 +4430,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessageReasonText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4462,7 +4462,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4484,7 +4484,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveOME -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4509,7 +4509,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveOMEv2 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4534,7 +4534,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveRMSAttachmentEncryption -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4561,7 +4561,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteMessageOutboundConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteMessageOutboundRequireTls -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4612,7 +4612,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RuleErrorAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RuleErrorAction parameter specifies what to do if rule processing can't be completed on messages. Valid values are: @@ -4633,7 +4633,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RuleSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RuleSubType parameter specifies the rule type. Valid values are: @@ -4654,7 +4654,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SCLOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4681,7 +4681,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4739,7 +4739,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4795,7 +4795,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddressLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddressLocation parameter specifies where to look for sender addresses in conditions and exceptions that examine sender email addresses. Valid values are: @@ -4825,7 +4825,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4851,7 +4851,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderInRecipientList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4871,7 +4871,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderIpRanges -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4901,7 +4901,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderManagementRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4926,7 +4926,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4957,7 +4957,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4990,7 +4990,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5017,7 +5017,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetAuditSeverity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5044,7 +5044,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetHeaderName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5066,7 +5066,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetHeaderValue -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5088,7 +5088,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetSCL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5113,7 +5113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpRejectMessageRejectStatusCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -5137,7 +5137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpRejectMessageRejectText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -5161,7 +5161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StopRuleProcessing -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5186,7 +5186,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5212,7 +5212,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5234,7 +5234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectOrBodyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5260,7 +5260,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectOrBodyMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5282,7 +5282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseLegacyRegex -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UseLegacyRegex parameter specifies whether the rule uses regular expression syntax that's compatible with Exchange Server 2010. Valid values are: @@ -5303,7 +5303,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -5321,7 +5321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WithImportance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-UnifiedGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-UnifiedGroup.md index 840c3aec79..209cd3c803 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-UnifiedGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-UnifiedGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ This example creates a new Microsoft 365 Group named Engineering Department. ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the name of the Microsoft 365 Group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center, address lists, and Outlook. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DlIdentity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DlIdentity parameter specifies the distribution group (also known as a distribution list or DL) that you want to migrate to a Microsoft 365 Group. The distribution group must be a universal distribution group (the RecipientTypeDetails property value is MailUniversalDistributionGroup). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the distribution group. For example: @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AccessType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AccessType parameter specifies the privacy type for the Microsoft 365 Group. Valid values are: @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the Microsoft 365 Group. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AlwaysSubscribeMembersToCalendarEvents -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AlwaysSubscribeMembersToCalendarEvents switch controls the default subscription settings of new members that are added to the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutoSubscribeNewMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AutoSubscribeNewMembers switch specifies whether to automatically subscribe new members that are added to the Microsoft 365 Group to conversations and calendar events. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Classification -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConvertClosedDlToPrivateGroup -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConvertClosedDlToPrivateGroup switch specifies whether to migrate the closed distribution group to a private Microsoft 365 Group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DataEncryptionPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DataEncryptionPolicy parameter specifies the data encryption policy that's applied to the Microsoft 365 Group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeleteDlAfterMigration -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DeleteDlAfterMigration switch specifies whether to delete the distribution group after it's migrated to a Microsoft 365 Group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EmailAddresses parameter specifies all email addresses (proxy addresses) for the Microsoft 365 Group, including the primary SMTP address. In cloud-based organizations, the primary SMTP address and other proxy addresses for Microsoft 365 Groups are typically set by email address policies. However, you can use this parameter to configure other proxy addresses for the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExecutingUser -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExoErrorAsWarning -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExoErrorAsWarning switch specifies that Exchange Online errors that you encounter while creating the Microsoft 365 Group are treated as warnings, not errors. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenGroupMembershipEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HiddenGroupMembershipEnabled switch specifies whether to hide the members of the Microsoft 365 Group from users who aren't members of the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsMemberAllowedToEditContent -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill IsMemberAllowedToEditContent Description }} @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Language -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Language parameter specifies the language preference for the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxRegion -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailboxRegion parameter specifies the preferred data location (PDL) for the Microsoft 365 Group in multi-geo environments. @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Members -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Members parameter specifies the recipients (mail-enabled objects) that are members of the Microsoft 365 Group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameter specifies the description of the Microsoft 365 Group. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Owner -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Owner parameter specifies the for the Microsoft 365 Group. An owner is a group member who has certain privileges, such as the ability to edit group properties. @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. You can't use the EmailAddresses and PrimarySmtpAddress parameters in the same command. @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SensitivityLabelId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SensitivityLabelId parameter specifies the GUID value of the sensitivity label that's assigned to the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubscriptionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SubscriptionEnabled switch specifies whether subscriptions to conversations and calendar events are enabled for the Microsoft 365 Group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SuppressWarmupMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Preview-QuarantineMessage.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Preview-QuarantineMessage.md index d111fb6995..f6560e4bcd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Preview-QuarantineMessage.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Preview-QuarantineMessage.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example previews the quarantined message that has the specified Identity va ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to preview. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Release-QuarantineMessage.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Release-QuarantineMessage.md index 211696a797..9ab32f3bf4 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Release-QuarantineMessage.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Release-QuarantineMessage.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ This example releases a file that was quarantined as part of Safe Attachments fo ### -Identities -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identities parameter identifies quarantined messages for bulk operations. You identify the messages by using the syntax: `value1,value2,...valueN`. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to release. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReleaseToAll -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReleaseToAll switch releases the quarantined message to all original recipients. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -User -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The User parameter specifies the email address of the user to whom you want to release the quarantined message. You can specify multiple email addresses separated by commas. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActionType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ActionType parameter specifies the release action type. Valid values are: @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllowSender switch specifies that all future messages from the sender isn't quarantined. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportFalsePositive -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReportFalsePositive switch specifies whether to report the message as a false positive to Microsoft (good message marked as bad). You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishPolicy.md index 4c0519e57b..5db91a0bbc 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the antiphish policy named Quarantine Policy. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish policy that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishRule.md index 6977beb97b..42fd799a84 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This examples removes the antiphish rule named Research Department Phishing Rule ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md index 484f3eeee3..5acd3a5e14 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example removes the specified policy. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the application access policy that you want to remove. To find the Identity value for the policy, run the command Get-ApplicationAccessPolicy | Format-List Identity,Description,ScopeName,AccessRight,AppID. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AuthenticationPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AuthenticationPolicy.md index eb9395b901..be6d85590b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AuthenticationPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AuthenticationPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example removes the authentication policy named "Engineering Group". ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the authentication policy you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowLegacyExchangeTokens -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TenantId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedConnector.md index b89de490a5..2b7e9e5b18 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ This unblocks the specified blocked connector. ### -ConnectorId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorId parameter specifies the blocked connector that you want to unblock. The value is a GUID (for example, 159eb7c4-75d7-43e2-95fe-ced44b3e0a56). You can find this value from the output of the Get-BlockedConnector command. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Reason -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Reason parameter specifies comments about why you're unblocking the blocked connector. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedSenderAddress.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedSenderAddress.md index 0e9b5b1757..19a268254d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedSenderAddress.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedSenderAddress.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example unblocks the user julia@contoso.com. ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter specifies the email address of the user that you want to unblock. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Reason -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Reason parameter specifies the reason the user was blocked (the Reason property value). If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroup.md index 383997a66e..69174f6581 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example removes the distribution group named Temporary Staff. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the distribution group or mail-enabled security group that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroupMember.md index 48f4e68cfb..326a6605c8 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example removes Jan Dryml from the distribution group named Technical Suppo ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the distribution group or mail-enabled security group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Member -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Member parameter specifies the recipient that you want to remove from the group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DkimSigningConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DkimSigningConfig.md index addd191d7f..a314eea80d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DkimSigningConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DkimSigningConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the DKIM signing policy for the contoso.com domain. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the DKIM signing policy that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DynamicDistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DynamicDistributionGroup.md index d39e9ff8ea..516dbcc87e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DynamicDistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DynamicDistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example deletes the dynamic distribution group named Test Users. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the dynamic distribution group that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the dynamic distribution group. For example: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md index cd91523b35..a5b4715a2d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example removes the existing rule for the built-in security features for al ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md index 2de6203b68..b77fcfe5dd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example removes the spam filter policy named Contoso Content Filter Policy. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter policy that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterRule.md index 1a10fd29d9..6125cc28ec 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example removes the spam filter rule named Contoso Recipients. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md index 0d328a1aaa..8d10cd612a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the outbound spam filter policy named Contoso Executives. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter policy you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md index 928860c35e..289876e8d2 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example removes the outbound spam filter rule named Contoso Executives. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-InboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-InboundConnector.md index b75c6d0852..08f7d6f10b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-InboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-InboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example deletes the Inbound connector named Contoso Inbound Connector. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Inbound connector you want to remove. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailContact.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailContact.md index 83b6c22e1f..767a4d34d2 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailContact.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailContact.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example removes the mail contact named John. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mail contact that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mail contact. For example: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailUser.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailUser.md index 27bdf66632..0a9e41e2da 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailUser.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailUser.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example removes the mail user named Ed Meadows. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mail user that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mail user. For example: @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterPolicy.md index cde2352cac..9b09eb5c15 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example removes the malware filter policy named Contoso Malware Filter Poli ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter policy you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example, you can use the name, GUID or distinguished name (DN) of the malware filter policy. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterRule.md index c04a2ceb8f..bacc7ad26b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the malware filter rule named Contoso Recipients. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example, you can use the name, GUID or distinguished name (DN) of the malware filter rule. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRole.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRole.md index 7c272978a2..c40627c1ed 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRole.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRole.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ For more information about unscoped top-level management roles, see [Understandi ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the custom role to remove. If the name of the role contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Recurse -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Recurse switch removes the specified role and all child roles of the specified role. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleAssignment.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleAssignment.md index e26f54ba29..837560a5a9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleAssignment.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleAssignment.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ After the list of role assignments to be removed is confirmed, remove the WhatIf ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the role assignment to remove. If the role assignment name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleEntry.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleEntry.md index 7e6c993a43..a9c9164d62 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleEntry.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleEntry.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ This example forces you to acknowledge the command before proceeding (we didn't ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role entry that you want to remove. This parameter uses the syntax: `\` (for example, `CustomRole\Set-Mailbox`). @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementScope.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementScope.md index cbd3a39ac5..be2ab9c357 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementScope.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementScope.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ After you verify that the scopes to be removed are correct, run the command agai ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the scope to remove. You can't remove a scope if it's in use by a management role assignment. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OrganizationRelationship.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OrganizationRelationship.md index f60fdee79e..54774ae6fe 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OrganizationRelationship.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OrganizationRelationship.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example removes the organization relationship Contoso using the Identity pa ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the organization relationship that you want to remove. You can use one of the following values: @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OutboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OutboundConnector.md index 9a4192bf4c..fb283d448b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OutboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OutboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example deletes the Outbound connector named Contoso Outbound Connector. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the connector you want to remove. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-QuarantinePolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-QuarantinePolicy.md index 4661faef74..633a7f649f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-QuarantinePolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-QuarantinePolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the quarantine policy named Contoso Engineering. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantine policy you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroup.md index e70371f1c6..93b800872b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ This example removes the Vancouver Recipient Administrators role group. Because ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group to remove. If the role group name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroupMember.md index 492383a806..531ab71383 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ This example removes the Training Assistants USG from the Training Administrator ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group that you want to remove a member from. If the role group name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Member -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Member parameter specifies who to remove from the role group. You can specify the following types of users or groups (security principals) for this parameter: @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ServicePrincipal.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ServicePrincipal.md index c335f5b35f..0c6982adf1 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ServicePrincipal.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ServicePrincipal.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example removes the specified service principal. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the service principal that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the service principal. For example: @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md index 98cf2e12da..5eb0955f31 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This example removes the URL allow entry for the specified non-Microsoft phishin ### -Entries -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Entries parameter specifies the entries that you want to remove based on the ListType parameter value. Valid values are: @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Ids -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Ids parameter specifies the entries that you want to remove. This value is shown in the Identity property in the output of the Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems cmdlet. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListType parameter specifies the type of entry that you want to remove. Valid values are: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListSubType specifies further specifies the type of entry that you want to remove. Valid values are: @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutputJson -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OutputJson switch specifies whether to return all entries in a single JSON value. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md index 8e2392eaba..805be1743c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example removes the specified spoofed sender. You get the Ids parameter val ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes Use the value `domain.com\Default` for this parameter. The spoofed sender that you want to remove is really identified by the Ids parameter. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Ids -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Ids parameter specifies the spoof pair that you want to remove. A valid value for this parameter is the Identity property value from the output of the Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems cmdlet. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use.